blob: f464b2fe278dce48bd7b28754557ea814137640f [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
39 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020040 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000041SRST
42``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
43 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
44 available machines.
45
46 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
47 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
48 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
49 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
50
51 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
52 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
53 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
54 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
55 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
56
57 Supported machine properties are:
58
59 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
60 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020061 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000062 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
63 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
64 initialize.
65
66 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
67 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
68 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
69 off otherwise the default is on.
70
71 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
72 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
73
74 ``mem-merge=on|off``
75 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
76 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
77 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
78
79 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
80 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
81 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
82 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
83 is on.
84
85 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
86 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
87 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
88 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
89 is on.
90
91 ``nvdimm=on|off``
92 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
93
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000094 ``memory-encryption=``
95 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
96
97 ``hmat=on|off``
98 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
99 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500100
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100101 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500102 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
103 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
104
105 For example:
106 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100107
108 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
109 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
110 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500111
112 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100113
114 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
115 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
116 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
117 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
118 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
119 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
120
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500121 For example:
122 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100123
124 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
125 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
126 -m 512M
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000127ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000128
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200129DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400130 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200131 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
132
133SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400134``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200135 Define an SGX EPC section.
136ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200137
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000138DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100139 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000140SRST
141``-cpu model``
142 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
143 selection)
144ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000145
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000146DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100147 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200148 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100149 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100150 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100151 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700152 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100153 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400154 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300155 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000156SRST
157``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
158 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200159 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
161 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
162 initialize.
163
164 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
165 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
166 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
167 (default=off)
168
169 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
170 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
171 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
172 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
173 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
174 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
175
176 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
177 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
178
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700179 ``split-wx=on|off``
180 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
181 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
182 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
183 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
184
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000185 ``tb-size=n``
186 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
187
188 ``thread=single|multi``
189 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300190 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000191 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
192 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
193 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
194 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400195
196 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
197 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
198 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
199 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
200 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
201 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
202 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
203 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
204 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
205
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000206ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000207
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000208DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800209 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800210 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100211 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700212 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800213 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
214 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800215 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
216 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800217 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
218 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
219 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
220 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
221 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
222 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
223 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
224 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
225 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
226 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
227 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
228 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
229 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
230 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000231SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800232``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100233 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
234 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
235 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800236 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
237 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
238 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
239 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
240 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800241 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
242 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
243 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
244 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100245
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800246 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
247 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
248 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
249 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
250 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
251 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
252 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
253 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100254
255 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800256 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
257 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
258 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800259
260 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
261 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
262 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
263 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
264 automatically computed:
265
266 ::
267
268 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
269
270 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
271 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
272 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
273 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
274 automatically computed:
275
276 ::
277
278 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
279
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800280 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
281 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
282 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
283 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
284 will be automatically computed:
285
286 ::
287
288 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
289
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800290 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
291 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
292 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800293 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
294 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800295
296 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
297 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
298
299 ::
300
301 -smp 2
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000302ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000303
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000304DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800305 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
306 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100307 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800308 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800309 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
310 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100311 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000312SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000313``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
314 \
315``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
316 \
317``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
318 \
319``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
320 \
321``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
322 \
323``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000324 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
325 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
326 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
327
328 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
329 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
330 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
331 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
332 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
333 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
334
335 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
336 NUMA node:
337
338 ::
339
340 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
341
342 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
343 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
344 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
345 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
346 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
347 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
348 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
349 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
350 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
351
352 For example:
353
354 ::
355
356 -M pc \
357 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
358 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
359 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
360
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400361 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
362 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
363 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
364 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
365
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000366
367 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
368 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
369 use it.
370
371 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
372 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
373 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
374 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
375
376 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
377 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
378 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
379 and must be itself.
380
381 ::
382
383 -machine hmat=on \
384 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
385 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
386 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
387 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
388 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
389 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
390 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
391 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
392
393 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
394 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
395 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
396 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
397 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
398 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
399 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
400 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
401 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
402 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
403
404 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
405 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
406 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
407 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
408
409 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
410 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
411 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
412 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
413 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
414
415 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
416 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
417 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
418 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
419 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
420 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
421 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
422 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
423 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
424 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
425 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
426 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
427
428 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
429 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
430 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
431 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
432 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
433
434 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
435 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
436 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
437 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
438 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
439 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
440 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
441
442 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
443 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
444 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
445 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
446 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
447 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
448 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
449 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
450
451 ::
452
453 -machine hmat=on \
454 -m 2G \
455 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
456 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800457 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000458 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
459 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
460 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
461 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
462 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
463 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
464 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
465 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
466 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
467 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
468ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000469
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100470DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
471 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
472 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000473SRST
474``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
475 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
476
477 ``fd=fd``
478 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
479 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
480 stderr.
481
482 ``set=set``
483 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
484 descriptor to.
485
486 ``opaque=opaque``
487 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
488 describe fd.
489
490 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
491 set:
492
493 .. parsed-literal::
494
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200495 |qemu_system| \\
496 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
497 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000498 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
499ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100500
501DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
502 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
503 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
504 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000505SRST
506``-set group.id.arg=value``
507 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
508ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100509
510DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200511 "-global driver.property=value\n"
512 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100513 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
514 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000515SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000516``-global driver.prop=value``
517 \
518``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000519 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
520
521 .. parsed-literal::
522
523 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
524
525 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
526 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
527 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
528 use -``device``.
529
530 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
531 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
532 even when driver contains a dot.
533ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100534
535DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
536 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800537 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100538 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
539 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
540 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
541 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
542 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000543SRST
544``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
545 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
546 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
547 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
548 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
549 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
550 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
551 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
552 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
553 both at the same time.
554
555 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
556 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
557
558 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
559 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
560 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
561 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
562 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
563 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
564 800x640.
565
566 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
567 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
568 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
569 for X86 system support it.
570
571 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
572 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
573 options. The default is non-strict boot.
574
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000575 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000576
577 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
578 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
579 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
580 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
581 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
582 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
583
584 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
585 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
586ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100587
588DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300589 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100590 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200591 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200592 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400593 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
594 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100595 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000596SRST
597``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
598 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
599 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
600 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
601 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
602 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
603
604 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
605 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
606 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
607
608 .. parsed-literal::
609
610 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
611
612 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
613 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
614ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100615
616DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
617 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000618SRST
619``-mem-path path``
620 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
621ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100622
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100623DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
624 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
625 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000626SRST
627``-mem-prealloc``
628 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
629ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100630
631DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
632 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
633 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000634SRST
635``-k language``
636 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
637 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
638 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
639 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
640 PC/Windows hosts.
641
642 The available layouts are:
643
644 ::
645
646 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
647 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
648 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
649
650 The default is ``en-us``.
651ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100652
653
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100654HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100655DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100656 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100657 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000658SRST
659``-audio-help``
660 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
661 (deprecated) environment variables.
662ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100663
664DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
665 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
666 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
667 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
668 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200669 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100670 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
671 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
672 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
673 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100674 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100675 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100676 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100677 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
678 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
679#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
680 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
681 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100682 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100683 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
684 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
685#endif
686#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
687 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
688 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
689#endif
690#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
691 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
692 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
693#endif
694#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
695 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
696 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
697 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
698 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
699 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
700 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
701 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
702#endif
703#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
704 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
705 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
706 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100707 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100708#endif
709#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
710 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100711 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100712#endif
713#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
714 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
715#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400716#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
717 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
718#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100719 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
720 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
721 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000722SRST
723``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
724 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
725 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
726 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
727 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
728 ``out.prop``. For example:
729
730 ::
731
732 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
733 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
734
735 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
736 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
737 and continue emulation without sound.
738
739 Valid global options are:
740
741 ``id=identifier``
742 Identifies the audio backend.
743
744 ``timer-period=period``
745 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
746 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
747
748 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
749 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
750 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
751 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
752 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
753 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
754 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
755 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
756 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
757
758 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
759 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
760 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
761 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
762
763 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
764 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
765 is 44100Hz.
766
767 ``in|out.channels=channels``
768 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
769 Default is 2 (stereo).
770
771 ``in|out.format=format``
772 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
773 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100774 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000775
776 ``in|out.voices=voices``
777 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
778
779 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
780 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
781
782``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
783 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
784 no backend specific properties.
785
786``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
787 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
788 Linux.
789
790 ALSA specific options are:
791
792 ``in|out.dev=device``
793 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
794 is ``default``.
795
796 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
797 Sets the period length in microseconds.
798
799 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
800 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
801
802 ``threshold=threshold``
803 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
804
805``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
806 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
807 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
808
809 Core Audio specific options are:
810
811 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
812 Sets the count of the buffers.
813
814``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
815 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
816 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
817
818 DirectSound specific options are:
819
820 ``latency=usecs``
821 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
822 10000 (10 ms).
823
824``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
825 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
826 Unix-like systems.
827
828 OSS specific options are:
829
830 ``in|out.dev=device``
831 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
832 ``/dev/dsp``.
833
834 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
835 Sets the count of the buffers.
836
837 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
838 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
839
840 ``try-mmap=on|off``
841 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
842
843 ``exclusive=on|off``
844 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
845 case). Default is off.
846
847 ``dsp-policy=policy``
848 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
849 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
850 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
851 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
852
853``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
854 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
855 most systems.
856
857 PulseAudio specific options are:
858
859 ``server=server``
860 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
861
862 ``in|out.name=sink``
863 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
864
865 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
866 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
867 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
868
869``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
870 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
871 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100872 possible.
873
874 SDL specific options are:
875
876 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
877 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000878
879``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
880 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
881 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
882 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
883 specific properties.
884
885``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
886 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
887
888 Backend specific options are:
889
890 ``path=path``
891 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
892 ``qemu.wav``.
893ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100894
895DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
896 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
897 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
898 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
899 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000900SRST
901``-soundhw card1[,card2,...] or -soundhw all``
902 Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
903 available sound hardware. For example:
904
905 .. parsed-literal::
906
907 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
908 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw es1370 disk.img
909 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw ac97 disk.img
910 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw hda disk.img
911 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw all disk.img
912 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw help
913
914 Note that Linux's i810\_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
915 require manually specifying clocking.
916
917 ::
918
919 modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
920ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100921
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100922DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
923 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
924 " add device (based on driver)\n"
925 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
926 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
927 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
928 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000929SRST
930``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
931 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
932 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
933 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
934
935 Some drivers are:
936
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500937``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000938 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
939 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
940 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
941 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
942
943 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
944 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
945 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
946 it.
947
948 ``id=id``
949 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
950
951 ``slave_addr=val``
952 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
953
954 ``sdrfile=file``
955 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
956 is none.
957
958 ``fruareasize=val``
959 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
960 1024.
961
962 ``frudatafile=file``
963 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
964 The default is none.
965
966 ``guid=uuid``
967 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
968 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
969 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
970
971``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
972 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
973 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
974 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
975
976 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
977 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
978 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
979 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
980 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
981 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
982 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
983 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
984
985 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
986 details on the external interface.
987
988``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
989 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
990 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
991
992 ``bmc=id``
993 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
994 above.
995
996 ``ioport=val``
997 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
998 for KCS.
999
1000 ``irq=val``
1001 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1002 interrupts, set this to 0.
1003
1004``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1005 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1006 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001007
1008``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
1009 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
1010
1011 ``bmc=id``
1012 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1013
1014``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1015 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001016
1017``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1018 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1019 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1020
1021 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1022 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1023 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1024 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1025 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1026 kernel-irqchip.
1027
1028 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1029 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1030 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1031 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1032 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1033 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1034 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1035
1036 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1037 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1038 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1039 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1040
1041 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1042 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1043 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1044 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1045
1046 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1047 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1048
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001049ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001050
1051DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001052 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001053 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001054 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1055 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001056 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001057 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001058SRST
1059``-name name``
1060 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1061 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1062 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1063 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1064ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001065
1066DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1067 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1068 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001069SRST
1070``-uuid uuid``
1071 Set system UUID.
1072ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001073
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001074DEFHEADING()
1075
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001076DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001077
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001078DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001079 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1080DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001081SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001082``-fda file``
1083 \
1084``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001085 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1086 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001087ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001088
1089DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001090 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1091DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001092DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001093 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1094DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001095SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001096``-hda file``
1097 \
1098``-hdb file``
1099 \
1100``-hdc file``
1101 \
1102``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001103 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1104 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001105ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001106
1107DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001108 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1109 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001110SRST
1111``-cdrom file``
1112 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1113 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1114 as filename.
1115ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001116
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001117DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1118 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1119 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001120 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1121 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001122 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1123 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001124SRST
1125``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1126 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1127 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1128 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1129 most common block drivers.
1130
1131 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1132 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1133 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1134 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1135 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1136
1137 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1138 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1139 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1140
1141 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1142 ``driver``
1143 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1144
1145 ``node-name``
1146 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1147 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1148 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1149 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1150
1151 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1152 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1153 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1154 explicit node name must be specified.
1155
1156 ``read-only``
1157 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1158
1159 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1160 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1161 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1162 option must be specified explicitly.
1163
1164 ``auto-read-only``
1165 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1166 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1167 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1168 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1169 is attached to the node.
1170
1171 ``force-share``
1172 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1173 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1174 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1175 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1176 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1177 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1178 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1179
1180 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1181
1182 ``cache.direct``
1183 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1184 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1185 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1186
1187 ``cache.no-flush``
1188 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1189 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1190 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1191 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1192 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1193 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1194 probably be rendered unusable.
1195
1196 ``discard=discard``
1197 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1198 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1199 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1200 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1201
1202 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1203 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1204 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1205 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1206 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1207 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1208
1209 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1210 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1211 files.
1212
1213 ``filename``
1214 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1215
1216 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001217 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1218 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001219
1220 ``locking``
1221 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1222 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1223 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1224 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1225
1226 Example:
1227
1228 ::
1229
1230 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1231
1232 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1233 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1234 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1235 ``file``.
1236
1237 ``file``
1238 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1239 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1240
1241 Example 1:
1242
1243 ::
1244
1245 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1246 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1247
1248 Example 2:
1249
1250 ::
1251
1252 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1253
1254 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1255 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1256 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1257 ``file``.
1258
1259 ``file``
1260 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1261 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1262
1263 ``backing``
1264 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1265 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1266 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1267 file.
1268
1269 ``lazy-refcounts``
1270 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1271 default is taken from the image file)
1272
1273 ``cache-size``
1274 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1275 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1276 refcount-cache-size)
1277
1278 ``l2-cache-size``
1279 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1280 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1281 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1282 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1283 minimal refcount cache size)
1284
1285 ``refcount-cache-size``
1286 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1287 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1288 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1289 cache)
1290
1291 ``cache-clean-interval``
1292 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1293 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1294 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1295 to 0 disables this feature.
1296
1297 ``pass-discard-request``
1298 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1299 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1300 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1301
1302 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1303 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1304 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1305 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1306
1307 ``pass-discard-other``
1308 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1309 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1310 (on/off; default: off)
1311
1312 ``overlap-check``
1313 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1314 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1315 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1316 ``blockdev-add``.
1317
1318 Example 1:
1319
1320 ::
1321
1322 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1323 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1324
1325 Example 2:
1326
1327 ::
1328
1329 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1330
1331 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1332 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1333 QMP command.
1334ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001335
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001336DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1337 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001338 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001339 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001340 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1341 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001342 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001343 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001344 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1345 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1346 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1347 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001348 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001349 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001350 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001351SRST
1352``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1353 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1354 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1355 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1356
1357 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1358 In addition, it knows the following options:
1359
1360 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001361 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1362 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1363 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001364 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1365
1366 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1367 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1368 for more information.
1369
1370 ``if=interface``
1371 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1372 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1373 pflash, virtio, none.
1374
1375 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1376 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1377 the bus number and the unit id.
1378
1379 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001380 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001381 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1382 type.
1383
1384 ``media=media``
1385 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1386
1387 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1388 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1389 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1390
1391 ``cache=cache``
1392 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1393 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1394 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1395 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1396 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1397 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1398 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1399
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001400 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1401 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1402 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1403 writeback on off off
1404 none on on off
1405 writethrough off off off
1406 directsync off on off
1407 unsafe on off on
1408 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001409
1410 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1411
1412 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001413 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1414 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001415
1416 ``format=format``
1417 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1418 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1419 an untrusted format header.
1420
1421 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1422 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1423 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1424 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1425 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1426 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1427 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1428
1429 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1430 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1431 backing file sectors into the image file.
1432
1433 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1434 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1435 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1436 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1437 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1438
1439 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1440 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1441 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1442 above the limit temporarily.
1443
1444 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1445 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1446 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1447
1448 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1449 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1450 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1451 spike above the limit temporarily.
1452
1453 ``iops_size=is``
1454 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1455 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1456 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1457
1458 ``group=g``
1459 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1460 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1461 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1462 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1463 disk.
1464
1465 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1466 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1467 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1468 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1469 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1470 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1471
1472 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1473 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1474 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1475 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1476 this has a major impact on performance.
1477
1478 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1479
1480 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1481 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1482 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1483
1484 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1485
1486 .. parsed-literal::
1487
1488 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1489
1490 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1491
1492 .. parsed-literal::
1493
1494 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1495 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1496 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1497 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1498
1499 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1500 set:
1501
1502 .. parsed-literal::
1503
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001504 |qemu_system| \\
1505 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1506 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001507 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1508
1509 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1510
1511 .. parsed-literal::
1512
1513 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1514
1515 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1516 drive:
1517
1518 .. parsed-literal::
1519
1520 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1521
1522 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1523
1524 .. parsed-literal::
1525
1526 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1527 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1528
1529 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1530 incremented:
1531
1532 .. parsed-literal::
1533
1534 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1535
1536 is interpreted like:
1537
1538 .. parsed-literal::
1539
1540 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1541ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001542
1543DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001544 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1545 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001546SRST
1547``-mtdblock file``
1548 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1549ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001550
1551DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001552 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001553SRST
1554``-sd file``
1555 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1556ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001557
1558DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001559 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001560SRST
1561``-pflash file``
1562 Use file as a parallel flash image.
1563ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001564
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001565DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001566 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1567 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001568SRST
1569``-snapshot``
1570 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1571 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001572 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1573 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001574ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001575
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301576DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001577 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001578 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001579 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1580 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1581 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1582 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001583 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001584 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1585 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001586 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301587 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1588
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001589SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001590``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001591 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001592``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001593 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001594``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001595 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001596``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001597 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1598
1599 ``local``
1600 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1601
1602 ``proxy``
1603 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1604
1605 ``synth``
1606 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1607
1608 ``id=id``
1609 Specifies identifier for this device.
1610
1611 ``path=path``
1612 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1613 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1614
1615 ``security_model=security_model``
1616 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1617 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1618 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1619 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1620 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1621 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1622 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1623 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1624 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1625 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1626 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1627 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1628 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1629 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1630 parameter.
1631
1632 ``writeout=writeout``
1633 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1634 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1635 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1636 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1637 storage subsystem.
1638
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001639 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001640 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1641 default read-write access is given.
1642
1643 ``socket=socket``
1644 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1645 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1646
1647 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1648 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1649 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1650 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1651 sock\_fd.
1652
1653 ``fmode=fmode``
1654 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1655 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1656 "mapped-file".
1657
1658 ``dmode=dmode``
1659 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1660 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1661 "mapped-file".
1662
1663 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1664 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1665 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1666
1667 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1668 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1669 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1670 above the limit temporarily.
1671
1672 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1673 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1674 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1675
1676 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1677 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1678 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1679 spike above the limit temporarily.
1680
1681 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1682 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1683 throttling purposes.
1684
1685 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1686
1687``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1688 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1689
1690 ``type``
1691 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1692 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1693
1694 ``fsdev=id``
1695 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1696
1697 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1698 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1699 export point.
1700ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301701
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301702DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001703 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001704 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1705 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1706 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1707 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301708 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1709
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001710SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001711``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001712 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001713``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001714 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001715``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001716 \
1717``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001718 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1719 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1720 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1721 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1722 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1723 simultaniously.
1724
1725 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1726 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1727
1728 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001729
1730 ``local``
1731 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1732
1733 ``proxy``
1734 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1735
1736 ``synth``
1737 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1738
1739 ``id=id``
1740 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1741
1742 ``path=path``
1743 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1744 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1745
1746 ``security_model=security_model``
1747 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1748 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1749 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1750 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1751 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1752 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1753 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1754 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1755 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1756 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1757 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1758 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1759 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1760 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1761 parameter.
1762
1763 ``writeout=writeout``
1764 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1765 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1766 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1767 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1768 storage subsystem.
1769
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001770 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001771 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1772 default read-write access is given.
1773
1774 ``socket=socket``
1775 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1776 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1777 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1778 sock\_fd.
1779
1780 ``sock_fd``
1781 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1782 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1783
1784 ``fmode=fmode``
1785 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1786 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1787 "mapped-file".
1788
1789 ``dmode=dmode``
1790 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1791 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1792 "mapped-file".
1793
1794 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1795 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1796 export point.
1797
1798 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1799 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1800 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1801 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1802 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1803 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1804 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1805 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1806 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1807 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1808 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1809 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1810 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1811 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1812 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1813 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1814 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1815 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1816 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1817 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1818 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1819 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1820 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1821 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1822 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1823 devices).
1824ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301825
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001826DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1827 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1828 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1829 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1830 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1831 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1832
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001833SRST
1834``-iscsi``
1835 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1836ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001837
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001838DEFHEADING()
1839
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001840DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001841
1842DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001843 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001844 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001845SRST
1846``-usb``
1847 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1848 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1849 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1850 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1851ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001852
1853DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1854 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1855 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001856SRST
1857``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001858 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1859 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1860 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1861 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1862 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1863 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1864 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1865 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1866 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1867 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1868 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001869 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001870 Possible devices for devname are:
1871
1872 ``braille``
1873 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1874 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1875 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1876 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1877
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001878 ``keyboard``
1879 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001880
1881 ``mouse``
1882 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1883 activated.
1884
1885 ``tablet``
1886 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1887 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1888 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1889 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1890
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001891 ``wacom-tablet``
1892 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1893
1894
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001895ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001896
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001897DEFHEADING()
1898
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001899DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001900
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001901DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001902#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001903 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001904#endif
1905#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001906 "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02001907 " [,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001908#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001909#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001910 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
1911 " [,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001912#endif
1913#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1914 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1915#endif
1916#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1917 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1918#endif
1919#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1920 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1921#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001922#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
1923 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
1924 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1925#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00001926#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1927 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
1928#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001929 "-display none\n"
1930 " select display backend type\n"
1931 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1932#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1933 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001934#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001935 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001936#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001937 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001938#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001939 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001940#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001941 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001942#endif
1943 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001944SRST
1945``-display type``
1946 Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1947 old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Use ``-display help`` to list
1948 the available display types. Valid values for type are
1949
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001950 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
1951 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1952 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
1953 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
1954
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001955 ``dbus``
1956 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
1957
1958 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
1959 already owned).
1960
1961 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
1962
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04001963 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
1964
1965 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
1966 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001967
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001968 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001969 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1970 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001971 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001972
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02001973 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04001974 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
1975 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02001976
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02001977 ``alt_grab=on|off`` : Use Control+Alt+Shift-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
1978 This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001979
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02001980 ``ctrl_grab=on|off`` : Use Right-Control-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
1981 This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001982
1983 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
1984
1985 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
1986
1987 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
1988
1989 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001990 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
1991 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001992 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001993
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001994 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
1995
1996 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
1997
1998 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
1999
2000 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2001
2002 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2003
2004 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002005 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2006 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2007 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2008 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2009 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2010 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2011 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2012 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2013 ``CP437``.
2014
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002015 ``cocoa``
2016 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2017 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2018 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2019
2020 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2021
2022 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2023
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002024 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002025 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2026 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2027 VNC or SPICE displays.
2028
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002029 ``vnc=<display>``
2030 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2031
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002032 ``none``
2033 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2034 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2035 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2036 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2037 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2038 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002039ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002040
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002041DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002042 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2043 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002044SRST
2045``-nographic``
2046 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2047 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2048 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2049 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2050 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2051 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2052 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2053 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2054ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002055
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002056DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002057 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002058 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002059SRST
2060``-curses``
2061 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2062 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2063 monitor in a window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA
2064 output when in text mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing
2065 is displayed in graphical mode.
2066ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002067
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002068DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002069 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
2070 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002071SRST
2072``-alt-grab``
2073 Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that
2074 this also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02002075 switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
2076 ``-display sdl,grab-mod=lshift-lctrl-lalt`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002077ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002078
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05002079DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002080 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
2081 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002082SRST
2083``-ctrl-grab``
2084 Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this
2085 also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
Thomas Huthd46156f2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02002086 switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
2087 ``-display sdl,grab-mod=rctrl`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002088ERST
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05002089
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002090DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002091 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002092SRST
2093``-sdl``
2094 Enable SDL.
2095ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002096
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002097DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002098 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2099 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2100 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002101 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2102 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002103 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2104 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2105 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002106 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
2107 " [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002108 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2109 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2110 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002111 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2112 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002113 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002114 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002115 " enable spice\n"
2116 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2117 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002118SRST
2119``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2120 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2121
2122 ``port=<nr>``
2123 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2124
2125 ``addr=<addr>``
2126 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2127 address.
2128
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002129 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002130 Force using the specified IP version.
2131
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002132 ``password=<string>``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002133 Set the password you need to authenticate.
2134
Daniel P. Berrangéc47c0bc2021-03-11 11:43:43 +00002135 This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
2136 password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
2137 instead.
2138
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002139 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2140 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2141 you need to authenticate.
2142
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002143 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002144 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2145 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2146 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2147 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2148 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2149 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2150 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2151 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2152 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2153 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2154 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2155 credentials.
2156
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002157 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002158 Allow client connects without authentication.
2159
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002160 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002161 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2162
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002163 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002164 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2165 guest.
2166
2167 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2168 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2169
2170 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2171 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2172 $display,x509=$dir
2173
2174 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2175 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2176
2177 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2178 Specify which ciphers to use.
2179
2180 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2181 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2182 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2183 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2184 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2185 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2186 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2187
2188 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2189 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2190
2191 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2192 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2193 is auto.
2194
2195 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2196 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2197
2198 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2199 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2200
2201 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2202 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2203 Default is on.
2204
2205 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2206 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2207
2208 ``gl=[on|off]``
2209 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2210
2211 ``rendernode=<file>``
2212 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2213 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2214ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002215
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002216DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002217 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2218 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002219SRST
2220``-portrait``
2221 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2222ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002223
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002224DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2225 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2226 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002227SRST
2228``-rotate deg``
2229 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2230ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002231
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002232DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002233 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002234 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002235SRST
2236``-vga type``
2237 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2238
2239 ``cirrus``
2240 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2241 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2242 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2243 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2244
2245 ``std``
2246 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2247 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2248 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2249 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2250 2.2)
2251
2252 ``vmware``
2253 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2254 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2255 driver for this card.
2256
2257 ``qxl``
2258 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2259 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2260 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2261 protocol.
2262
2263 ``tcx``
2264 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2265 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2266 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2267
2268 ``cg3``
2269 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2270 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2271 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2272 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2273
2274 ``virtio``
2275 Virtio VGA card.
2276
2277 ``none``
2278 Disable VGA card.
2279ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002280
2281DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002282 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002283SRST
2284``-full-screen``
2285 Start in full screen.
2286ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002287
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002288DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002289 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002290 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002291SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002292``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002293 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2294
2295 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2296
2297 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2298 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2299 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2300 OBP.
2301ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002302
2303DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002304 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002305SRST
2306``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2307 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2308 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2309 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2310 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2311 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2312 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2313 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2314 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2315
2316 ``to=L``
2317 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2318 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2319 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2320 application. By default, to=0.
2321
2322 ``host:d``
2323 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2324 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2325 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2326 any host.
2327
2328 ``unix:path``
2329 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2330 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2331
2332 ``none``
2333 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2334 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2335
2336 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2337 separated by commas. Valid options are
2338
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002339 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002340 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2341 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2342 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2343 number, not a display number.
2344
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002345 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002346 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2347 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2348 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2349 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2350
2351 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2352 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2353 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2354
2355 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2356 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2357 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2358
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002359 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002360 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2361 connections.
2362
2363 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002364 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002365 syntax to change your password is:
2366 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2367 either "vnc" or "spice".
2368
2369 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2370 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2371 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2372 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2373 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2374 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2375 this date and time).
2376
2377 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2378 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2379 expire.
2380
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002381 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2382 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2383 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2384 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2385
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002386 ``tls-creds=ID``
2387 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2388 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2389 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2390 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2391 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2392 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2393
2394 ``tls-authz=ID``
2395 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2396 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2397 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2398 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2399 default to denying access.
2400
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002401 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002402 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2403 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2404 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2405 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2406 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2407 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2408 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2409 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2410 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2411 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2412 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2413 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002414 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2415 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002416
2417 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2418 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2419 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2420 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2421 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2422 to denying access.
2423
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002424 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002425 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2426 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2427 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2428 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2429 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2430
2431 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2432 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2433
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002434 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002435 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2436 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2437 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2438 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2439
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002440 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002441 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2442 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2443 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2444 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2445 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2446 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2447
2448 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2449 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2450 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2451 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2452 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2453 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2454 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2455 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2456 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2457 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2458 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2459 traditional QEMU behavior.
2460
2461 ``key-delay-ms``
2462 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2463 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2464 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2465 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2466 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2467 scripts for automated testing.
2468
2469 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2470 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2471 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2472 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2473 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002474
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002475 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002476 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2477 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002478ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002479
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002480ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002481
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002482ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002483
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002484DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002485 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2486 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002487SRST
2488``-win2k-hack``
2489 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2490 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2491 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2492ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002493
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002494DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002495 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2496 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002497SRST
2498``-no-fd-bootchk``
2499 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2500 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2501ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002502
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002503DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002504 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002505SRST
2506``-no-acpi``
2507 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2508 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2509 machine only).
2510ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002511
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002512DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002513 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002514SRST
2515``-no-hpet``
2516 Disable HPET support.
2517ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002518
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002519DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002520 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002521 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002522SRST
2523``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2524 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2525 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2526 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2527 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2528 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2529 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2530 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2531 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2532 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2533ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002534
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002535DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2536 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002537 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002538 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2539 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002540 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002541 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2542 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002543 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2544 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2545 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2546 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2547 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2548 " [,sku=str]\n"
2549 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2550 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002551 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002552 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002553 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002554 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2555 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002556 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002557 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002558 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2559 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2560 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002561 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002562SRST
2563``-smbios file=binary``
2564 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2565
2566``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2567 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2568
2569``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2570 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2571
2572``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2573 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2574
2575``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2576 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2577
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002578``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002579 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2580
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002581``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2582 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2583
2584 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2585 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2586 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2587 concurrently.
2588
2589 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2590 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2591
2592 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2593 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2594
2595 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2596 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2597 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2598 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2599
2600 An example passing three strings is
2601
2602 .. parsed-literal::
2603
2604 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2605 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2606 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2607
2608 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2609
2610 .. parsed-literal::
2611
2612 $ dmidecode -t 11
2613 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2614 OEM Strings
2615 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2616 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2617 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2618
2619
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002620``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2621 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002622
2623``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2624 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2625
2626 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2627 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2628 position on the PCI bus.
2629
2630 Here is an example of use:
2631
2632 .. parsed-literal::
2633
2634 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2635 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2636 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2637
2638 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2639
2640 ..parsed-literal::
2641
2642 $ ip -brief l
2643 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2644 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2645
2646 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2647
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002648ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002649
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002650DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002651
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002652DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002653
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002654DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002655#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002656 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2657 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002658 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002659 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002660 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002661#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002662 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002663#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002664 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2665 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002666#endif
2667#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002668 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2669 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002670#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002671 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002672 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002673 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002674 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002675 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002676 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002677 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2678 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2679 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002680 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002681 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2682 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002683 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002684 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002685 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002686 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002687 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2688 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002689 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002690 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2691 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002692 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002693 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002694 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002695 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002696 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002697 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2698 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2699 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2700 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002701#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002702#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002703 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002704 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2705 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002706 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2707 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2708 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002709 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002710 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002711 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002712 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002713 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2714 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2715 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2716 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002717 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002718 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2719 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2720 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2721 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2722 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2723 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2724 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2725 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2726 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2727 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2728#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002729 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2730 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2731 " using a socket connection\n"
2732 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2733 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002734 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002735 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2736 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2737 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002738#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002739 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2740 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2741 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002742 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2743 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2744#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002745#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002746 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002747 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2748 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2749 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2750#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002751#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002752 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2753 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002754#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002755#ifdef __linux__
2756 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2757 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2758#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002759 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002760 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002761DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002762 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002763#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2764 "user|"
2765#endif
2766#ifdef __linux__
2767 "l2tpv3|"
2768#endif
2769#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2770 "vde|"
2771#endif
2772#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2773 "netmap|"
2774#endif
2775#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2776 "vhost-user|"
2777#endif
2778 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2779 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2780 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002781 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002782 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2783 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002784DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002785 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002786 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002787 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002788 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002789#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2790 "user|"
2791#endif
2792 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002793 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002794#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2795 "vde|"
2796#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002797#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2798 "netmap|"
2799#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002800 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002801 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2802 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002803SRST
2804``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2805 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2806 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2807 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2808 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2809 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2810 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2811
2812 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2813 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2814
2815 .. parsed-literal::
2816
2817 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2818 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2819
2820``-nic none``
2821 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2822 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2823 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2824 are provided.
2825
2826``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2827 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2828 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2829
2830 ``id=id``
2831 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2832
2833 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2834 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2835 specified both protocols are enabled.
2836
2837 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2838 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2839 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2840 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2841
2842 ``host=addr``
2843 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2844 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2845
2846 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2847 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2848 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2849 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2850 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2851
2852 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2853 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2854 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2855
2856 ``restrict=on|off``
2857 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2858 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2859 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2860 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2861
2862 ``hostname=name``
2863 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2864 server.
2865
2866 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2867 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2868 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2869 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2870
2871 ``dns=addr``
2872 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2873 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2874 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2875
2876 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2877 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2878 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2879 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2880
2881 ``dnssearch=domain``
2882 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2883 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2884 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2885 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2886 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2887 be resolved.
2888
2889 Example:
2890
2891 .. parsed-literal::
2892
2893 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2894
2895 ``domainname=domain``
2896 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2897 server.
2898
2899 ``tftp=dir``
2900 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2901 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2902 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2903 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2904
2905 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2906 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2907 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2908 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2909 the host address.
2910
2911 ``bootfile=file``
2912 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2913 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2914 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2915
2916 Example (using pxelinux):
2917
2918 .. parsed-literal::
2919
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002920 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002921 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2922
2923 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2924 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2925 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2926 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2927 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2928 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2929
2930 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2931
2932 ::
2933
2934 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2935
2936 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2937 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2938 NT/2000).
2939
2940 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2941
2942 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
2943
2944 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
2945 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
2946 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
2947 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
2948 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
2949 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
2950 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
2951 option can be given multiple times.
2952
2953 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
2954 guest screen 0, use the following:
2955
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002956 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002957
2958 # on the host
2959 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
2960 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2961 xterm -display :1
2962
2963 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
2964 port on the guest, use the following:
2965
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002966 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002967
2968 # on the host
2969 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
2970 telnet localhost 5555
2971
2972 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
2973 connect to the guest telnet server.
2974
2975 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
2976 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
2977 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
2978 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
2979 can be given multiple times.
2980
2981 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
2982 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
2983
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002984 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002985
2986 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2987 # the guest accesses it
2988 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
2989
2990 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
2991 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
2992 for that virtual server:
2993
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002994 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002995
2996 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2997 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
2998 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
2999
3000``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3001 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3002
3003 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3004 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3005 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3006 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3007 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3008 disable script execution.
3009
3010 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003011 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003012 The default network helper executable is
3013 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3014 ``br0``.
3015
3016 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3017 host TAP interface.
3018
3019 Examples:
3020
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003021 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003022
3023 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3024 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3025
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003026 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003027
3028 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3029 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003030 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3031 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003032 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3033
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003034 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003035
3036 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3037 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003038 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003039 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3040
3041``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3042 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3043
3044 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3045 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3046 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3047 ``br0``.
3048
3049 Examples:
3050
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003051 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003052
3053 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3054 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3055 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3056
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003057 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003058
3059 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3060 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3061 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3062
3063``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3064 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3065 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3066 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3067 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3068 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3069 already opened TCP socket.
3070
3071 Example:
3072
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003073 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003074
3075 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003076 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3077 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003078 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3079 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003080 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3081 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003082 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3083
3084``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3085 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3086 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3087 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3088 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3089
3090 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3091 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3092
3093 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3094 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3095
3096 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3097
3098 Example:
3099
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003100 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003101
3102 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003103 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3104 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003105 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3106 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003107 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3108 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003109 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3110 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003111 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3112 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003113 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3114
3115 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3116
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003117 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003118
3119 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003120 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3121 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003122 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3123 # launch UML
3124 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3125
3126 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3127
3128 .. parsed-literal::
3129
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003130 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3131 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003132 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3133
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003134``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003135 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3136 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3137 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3138 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3139
3140 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3141 firewall directly.
3142
3143 ``src=srcaddr``
3144 source address (mandatory)
3145
3146 ``dst=dstaddr``
3147 destination address (mandatory)
3148
3149 ``udp``
3150 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3151
3152 ``srcport=srcport``
3153 source udp port.
3154
3155 ``dstport=dstport``
3156 destination udp port.
3157
3158 ``ipv6``
3159 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3160
3161 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3162 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3163 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3164 they are 32 bit.
3165
3166 ``cookie64``
3167 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3168
3169 ``counter=off``
3170 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3171 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3172
3173 ``pincounter=on``
3174 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3175 on networks which have packet reorder.
3176
3177 ``offset=offset``
3178 Add an extra offset between header and data
3179
3180 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3181 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3182
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003183 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003184
3185 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3186 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003187 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003188 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003189 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003190 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3191 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3192 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3193 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3194
3195
3196 # on 4.3.2.1
3197 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3198
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003199 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003200 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3201
3202``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3203 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3204 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3205 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3206 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3207 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3208
3209 Example:
3210
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003211 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003212
3213 # launch vde switch
3214 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3215 # launch QEMU instance
3216 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3217
3218``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3219 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3220 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3221 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3222 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3223 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3224 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3225 multiqueue vhost-user.
3226
3227 Example:
3228
3229 ::
3230
3231 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3232 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3233 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3234 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3235 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3236
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003237``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
3238 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3239
3240 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3241 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3242 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3243 emulated by software.
3244
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003245``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3246 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3247
3248 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3249 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3250 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3251 option.
3252
3253``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3254 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3255 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3256 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3257 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3258 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3259 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3260 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3261 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3262 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3263 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3264 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3265 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3266 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3267 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3268 target.
3269
3270``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3271 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3272 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3273 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3274ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003275
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003276DEFHEADING()
3277
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003278DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003279
3280DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003281 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003282 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003283 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003284 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003285 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003286 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003287 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003288 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003289 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003290 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3291 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003292 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003293 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3294 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3295 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3296 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003297#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003298 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3299 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003300#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003301 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3302 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003303#endif
3304#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003305 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003306#endif
3307#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3308 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003309 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3310 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003311#endif
3312#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003313 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3314 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003315#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003316#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003317 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3318 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003319#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003320 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003321)
3322
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003323SRST
3324The general form of a character device option is:
3325
3326``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3327 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3328 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3329 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3330 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3331 applicable options.
3332
3333 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3334
3335 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3336 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3337 other command line directives.
3338
3339 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3340 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3341 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3342 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3343 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3344 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3345 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3346 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3347 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3348 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3349 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3350 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3351
3352 ::
3353
3354 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3355 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3356 -serial chardev:char0 \
3357 -serial chardev:char0
3358
3359 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3360 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3361 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3362 parallel port:
3363
3364 ::
3365
3366 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3367 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3368 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3369 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3370 -serial chardev:char1 \
3371 -serial chardev:char1
3372
3373 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003374 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3375 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3376 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003377
3378 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3379 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3380 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3381 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3382 and the monitor to stdio.
3383
3384 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3385 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3386 multiple chardevs).
3387
3388 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3389 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3390 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3391 or appended to when opened.
3392
3393The available backends are:
3394
3395``-chardev null,id=id``
3396 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3397 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3398
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003399``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003400 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3401 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3402 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3403 socket.
3404
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003405 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003406
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003407 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003408 to connect to a listening socket.
3409
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003410 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003411 telnet escape sequences.
3412
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003413 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003414 communication.
3415
3416 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3417 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3418 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3419 and is the default.
3420
3421 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3422 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3423 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3424 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3425
3426 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3427 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3428 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3429 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3430 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3431
3432 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3433
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003434 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003435 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3436 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3437 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3438 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3439
3440 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3441 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3442 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3443 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3444
3445 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3446 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3447 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3448 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3449
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003450 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3451 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3452 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003453
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003454 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003455
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003456 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003457 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3458 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003459 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003460 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003461 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003462 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003463
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003464``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003465 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3466
3467 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3468 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3469
3470 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3471 ``port`` is required.
3472
3473 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3474 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3475
3476 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3477 any available local port will be used.
3478
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003479 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003480 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3481
3482``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3483 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3484 does not take any options.
3485
3486``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3487 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3488 specific size.
3489
3490 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3491 of the console, in pixels.
3492
3493 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3494 text console with the given dimensions.
3495
3496``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3497 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3498 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3499
3500``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3501 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3502
3503 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3504 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3505 ``path`` is required.
3506
3507``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3508 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3509 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3510
3511 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3512 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3513
3514 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3515 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3516 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3517 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3518
3519 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3520 required.
3521
3522``-chardev console,id=id``
3523 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3524 does not take any options.
3525
3526 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3527
3528``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3529 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3530
3531 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3532 serial lines.
3533
3534 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3535
3536``-chardev pty,id=id``
3537 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3538 does not take any options.
3539
3540 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3541
3542``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3543 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3544
3545 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3546 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3547 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3548
3549``-chardev braille,id=id``
3550 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3551 options.
3552
3553``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3554 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3555 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3556
3557 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3558
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003559``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3560 \
3561``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003562 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3563 hosts.
3564
3565 Connect to a local parallel port.
3566
3567 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3568 required.
3569
3570``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3571 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3572
3573 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3574
3575 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3576
3577 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3578
3579``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3580 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3581
3582 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3583
3584 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3585
3586 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3587 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3588ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003589
3590DEFHEADING()
3591
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003592#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003593DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003594
3595DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003596 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3597 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3598 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003599 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3600 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3601 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003602 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003603SRST
3604The general form of a TPM device option is:
3605
3606``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3607 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3608 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3609 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3610
3611 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3612
3613The available backends are:
3614
3615``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3616 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3617 passthrough driver.
3618
3619 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3620 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3621 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3622
3623 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3624 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3625 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3626 sysfs entry to use.
3627
3628 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3629
3630 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3631 by any other application on the host.
3632
3633 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3634 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3635 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3636 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3637 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3638 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3639 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3640 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3641 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3642 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3643
3644 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3645
3646 ::
3647
3648 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3649
3650 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3651 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3652
3653``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3654 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3655 socket based chardev backend.
3656
3657 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3658 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3659
3660 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3661
3662 ::
3663
3664 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3665ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003666
3667DEFHEADING()
3668
3669#endif
3670
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003671DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003672SRST
3673When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel
3674without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier
3675testing of various kernels.
3676
3677
3678ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003679
3680DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003681 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003682SRST
3683``-kernel bzImage``
3684 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3685 or in multiboot format.
3686ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003687
3688DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003689 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003690SRST
3691``-append cmdline``
3692 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3693ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003694
3695DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003696 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003697SRST
3698``-initrd file``
3699 Use file as initial ram disk.
3700
3701``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3702 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3703
3704 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3705 first module.
3706ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003707
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003708DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003709 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003710SRST
3711``-dtb file``
3712 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3713 kernel on boot.
3714ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003715
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003716DEFHEADING()
3717
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003718DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003719
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003720DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003721 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003722 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3723 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3724 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003725 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3726SRST
3727``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3728 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3729
3730 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3731 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3732 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3733 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003734 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3735 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003736 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3737 Emit deprecated command results and events
3738 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3739 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3740
3741 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003742
3743``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3744 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3745
3746 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3747 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3748 ``unstable-input=reject``
3749 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3750 ``unstable-input=crash``
3751 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3752 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3753 Emit unstable command results and events
3754 ``unstable-output=hide``
3755 Suppress unstable command results and events
3756
3757 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003758ERST
3759
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003760DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3761 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003762 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003763 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003764 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003765 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003766SRST
3767``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3768 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3769
3770``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3771 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3772
3773 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3774 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3775 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3776
3777 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3778
3779 Example:
3780
3781 ::
3782
3783 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3784
3785 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3786 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3787ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003788
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003789DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003790 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3791 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003792SRST
3793``-serial dev``
3794 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3795 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3796 graphical mode.
3797
3798 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3799 ports.
3800
3801 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3802
3803 Available character devices are:
3804
3805 ``vc[:WxH]``
3806 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3807 pixel with
3808
3809 ::
3810
3811 vc:800x600
3812
3813 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3814
3815 ::
3816
3817 vc:80Cx24C
3818
3819 ``pty``
3820 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3821
3822 ``none``
3823 No device is allocated.
3824
3825 ``null``
3826 void device
3827
3828 ``chardev:id``
3829 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3830 option.
3831
3832 ``/dev/XXX``
3833 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3834 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3835
3836 ``/dev/parportN``
3837 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3838 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3839
3840 ``file:filename``
3841 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3842
3843 ``stdio``
3844 [Unix only] standard input/output
3845
3846 ``pipe:filename``
3847 name pipe filename
3848
3849 ``COMn``
3850 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3851
3852 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3853 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3854 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3855 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3856
3857 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3858 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3859 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3860 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3861 netconsole session.
3862
3863 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3864 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3865 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3866 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3867 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3868 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
3869 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
3870 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
3871 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
3872 QEMU port.
3873
3874 ``QEMU Options:``
3875 -serial udp::4555@:4556
3876
3877 ``netcat options:``
3878 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3879
3880 ``telnet options:``
3881 localhost 5555
3882
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003883 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003884 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
3885 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
3886 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003887 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003888 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003889 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003890 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
3891 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003892 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
3893 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003894 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003895 corresponding character device.
3896
3897 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
3898 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3899
3900 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003901 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003902
3903 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003904 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003905
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003906 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003907 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
3908 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
3909 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
3910 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
3911 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
3912 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
3913 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
3914 pressing the enter key.
3915
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003916 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003917 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
3918 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3919
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003920 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003921 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
3922 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
3923 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
3924
3925 ``mon:dev_string``
3926 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
3927 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
3928 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
3929 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
3930 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
3931 4444 would be:
3932
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003933 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003934
3935 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
3936 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
3937 instead.
3938
3939 ``braille``
3940 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
3941 output on a real or fake device.
3942
3943 ``msmouse``
3944 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
3945 protocol.
3946ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003947
3948DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003949 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3950 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003951SRST
3952``-parallel dev``
3953 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
3954 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
3955 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
3956 port.
3957
3958 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3959 ports.
3960
3961 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
3962ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003963
3964DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003965 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3966 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003967SRST
3968``-monitor dev``
3969 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
3970 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
3971 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
3972 monitor.
3973ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003974DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003975 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3976 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003977SRST
3978``-qmp dev``
3979 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3980ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003981DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3982 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3983 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003984SRST
3985``-qmp-pretty dev``
3986 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3987ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003988
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003989DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003990 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003991SRST
3992``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04303993 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
3994 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
3995 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
3996 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
3997 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00003998 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003999ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004000
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004001DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004002 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4003 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004004SRST
4005``-debugcon dev``
4006 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4007 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4008 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4009 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4010 graphical mode.
4011ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004012
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004013DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004014 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004015SRST
4016``-pidfile file``
4017 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4018 from a script.
4019ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004020
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004021DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004022 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004023SRST
4024``-singlestep``
4025 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4026ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004027
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004028DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004029 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004030 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004031SRST
4032``--preconfig``
4033 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4034 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4035 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4036 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4037 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4038 option is experimental.
4039ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004040
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004041DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004042 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4043 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004044SRST
4045``-S``
4046 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4047ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004048
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004049DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004050 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004051 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4052 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4053 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4054 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004055SRST
4056``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004057 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004058``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4059 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4060 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4061
4062 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4063 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004064 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004065
4066 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4067 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4068 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4069 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4070 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4071 taking into account guest idle time.
4072ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004073
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004074DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004075 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4076 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4077 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4078 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004079SRST
4080``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004081 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4082 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004083 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4084 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4085 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4086
4087 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4088
4089 -gdb tcp::3117
4090
4091 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4092 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4093 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4094 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004095
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004096 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004097
4098 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4099ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004100
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004101DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004102 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4103 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004104SRST
4105``-s``
4106 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004107 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004108ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004109
4110DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004111 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004112 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004113SRST
4114``-d item1[,...]``
4115 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4116 items.
4117ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004118
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004119DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004120 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004121 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004122SRST
4123``-D logfile``
4124 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4125ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004126
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004127DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4128 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4129 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004130SRST
4131``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4132 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4133 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4134 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4135 example:
4136
4137 ::
4138
4139 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4140
4141 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4142 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4143 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4144ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004145
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004146DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4147 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004149SRST
4150``-seed number``
4151 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4152 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4153 within the host.
4154ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004155
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004156DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004157 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4158 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004159SRST
4160``-L path``
4161 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4162
4163 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4164ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004165
4166DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004167 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004168SRST
4169``-bios file``
4170 Set the filename for the BIOS.
4171ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004172
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004173DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004174 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004175SRST
4176``-enable-kvm``
4177 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4178 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4179ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004180
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004181DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004182 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004183DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4184 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004185 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004186 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004187DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4188 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4189 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4190 " xenpv machine type).\n",
4191 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004192SRST
4193``-xen-domid id``
4194 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4195
4196``-xen-attach``
4197 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4198 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4199 specified domain id (XEN only).
4200ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004201
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004202DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004203 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004204SRST
4205``-no-reboot``
4206 Exit instead of rebooting.
4207ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004208
4209DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004210 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004211SRST
4212``-no-shutdown``
4213 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4214 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4215 changes to the disk image.
4216ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004217
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004218DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004219 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4220 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004221 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4222 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004223 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|none\n"
4224 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004225 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4226 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4227 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4228SRST
4229``-action event=action``
4230 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4231 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4232 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4233 parameters.
4234
4235 Examples:
4236
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004237 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004238 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
4239 ``-watchdog i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
4240
4241ERST
4242
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004243DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4244 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004245 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4246 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004247SRST
4248``-loadvm file``
4249 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4250ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004251
4252#ifndef _WIN32
4253DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004254 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004255#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004256SRST
4257``-daemonize``
4258 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4259 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4260 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4261 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4262 race conditions.
4263ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004264
4265DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004266 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4267 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004268SRST
4269``-option-rom file``
4270 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4271 load things like EtherBoot.
4272ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004273
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004274DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004275 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004276 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4277 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004278
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004279SRST
4280``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4281 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4282 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4283 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4284 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4285 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4286
4287 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4288 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4289 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4290 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4291 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4292 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4293 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4294 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4295 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4296 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4297 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4298 clock.
4299
4300 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4301 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4302 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4303 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4304ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004305
4306DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004307 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004308 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004309 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004310 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4311 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004312SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004313``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004314 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4315 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4316 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4317 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4318
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004319 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4320 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4321 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4322 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4323 with actual performance.
4324
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004325 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4326 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4327 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4328 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4329 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4330 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4331 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4332 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4333 or ``align=on``.
4334
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004335 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4336 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4337 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4338 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4339 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4340 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4341 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4342 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4343 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004344 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4345 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004346
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004347 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4348 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4349 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4350 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4351 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4352 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4353 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4354 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004355ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004356
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004357DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02004358 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004359 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
4360 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004361SRST
4362``-watchdog model``
4363 Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
4364 action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
4365 the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
4366 which your guest has drivers.
4367
4368 The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
4369 ``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one
4370 watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
4371
4372 The following models may be available:
4373
4374 ``ib700``
4375 iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
4376
4377 ``i6300esb``
4378 Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful
4379 PCI-based dual-timer watchdog.
4380
4381 ``diag288``
4382 A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288
4383 hypercall (currently KVM only).
4384ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004385
4386DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004387 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004388 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4389 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004390SRST
4391``-watchdog-action action``
4392 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4393 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4394 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4395 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4396 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4397 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4398 (do nothing).
4399
4400 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4401 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4402 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4403 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4404
4405 Examples:
4406
4407 ``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700``
4408
4409ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004410
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004411DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004412 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4413 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004414SRST
4415``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4416 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4417 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4418 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4419 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4420 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4421 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4422 escape character to Control-t.
4423
4424 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4425
4426ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004427
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004428DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004429 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4430 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004431 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4432 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4433 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4434 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4435 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4436 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004437 " or from given external command\n" \
4438 "-incoming defer\n" \
4439 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004440 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004441SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004442``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004443 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004444``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004445 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4446
4447``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4448 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4449
4450``-incoming fd:fd``
4451 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4452
4453``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4454 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4455 command.
4456
4457``-incoming defer``
4458 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4459 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4460 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4461ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004462
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304463DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4464 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004465SRST
4466``-only-migratable``
4467 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4468 an unmigratable state.
4469ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304470
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004471DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004472 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004473SRST
4474``-nodefaults``
4475 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4476 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4477 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4478 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4479ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004480
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004481#ifndef _WIN32
4482DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004483 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4484 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004485#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004486SRST
4487``-chroot dir``
4488 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4489 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4490ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004491
4492#ifndef _WIN32
4493DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004494 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4495 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004496 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004497#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004498SRST
4499``-runas user``
4500 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4501 switching to the specified user.
4502ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004503
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004504DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4505 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004506 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4507 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004508SRST
4509``-prom-env variable=value``
4510 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4511
4512 ::
4513
4514 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4515 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4516
4517 ::
4518
4519 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4520 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4521 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4522ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004523DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004524 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004525 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004526 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004527SRST
4528``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004529 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004530
4531 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4532 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4533
4534 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4535 information about the facilities this enables.
4536ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004537DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004538 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004539 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004540QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004541QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004542SRST
4543``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004544 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004545 only).
4546
4547 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4548 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4549
4550 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4551
4552 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4553 libgloss.
4554
4555 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4556 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4557 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4558
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004559 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4560
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004561 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4562 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4563 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4564 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4565
4566 ``chardev=str1``
4567 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4568 output when not in gdb
4569
4570 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4571 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4572 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4573 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4574 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4575 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4576 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4577 takes precedence.
4578ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004579DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004580 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004581SRST
4582``-old-param``
4583 Old param mode (ARM only).
4584ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004585
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004586DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004587 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004588 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004589 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4590 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4591 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004592 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004593 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4594 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004595 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004596 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4597 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004598 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004599 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004600 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004601SRST
4602``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4603 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4604 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4605
4606 ``obsolete=string``
4607 Enable Obsolete system calls
4608
4609 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4610 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4611
4612 ``spawn=string``
4613 Disable \*fork and execve
4614
4615 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4616 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4617ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004618
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004619DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004620 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004621SRST
4622``-readconfig file``
4623 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4624 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4625 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4626ERST
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004627DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4628 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Paolo Bonzinib979c932021-02-25 11:55:27 +01004629 " read/write config file (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004630SRST
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004631ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004632
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004633DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4634 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004635 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004636 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004637SRST
4638``-no-user-config``
4639 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4640 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4641ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004642
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004643DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004644 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004645 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004646 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004647SRST
4648``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004649 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004650
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004651ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004652DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004653 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004654 " load a plugin\n",
4655 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004656SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004657``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004658 Load a plugin.
4659
4660 ``file=file``
4661 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4662
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004663 ``argname=argvalue``
4664 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004665ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004666
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004667HXCOMM Internal use
4668DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4669DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004670
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004671#ifdef __linux__
4672DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4673 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4674 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4675#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004676SRST
4677``-enable-fips``
4678 Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4679ERST
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004680
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004681DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004682 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004683 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004684 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4685 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4686 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004687 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004688SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004689``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004690 Control error message format.
4691
4692 ``timestamp=on|off``
4693 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004694
4695 ``guest-name=on|off``
4696 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4697 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004698ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004699
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304700DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4701 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4702 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4703 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4704 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004705 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304706 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004707SRST
4708``-dump-vmstate file``
4709 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4710 file in file
4711ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304712
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004713DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4714 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4715 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4716 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004717SRST
4718``-enable-sync-profile``
4719 Enable synchronization profiling.
4720ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004721
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004722DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004723
4724DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004725
4726DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4727 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4728 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4729 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4730 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4731 " '/objects' path.\n",
4732 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004733SRST
4734``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4735 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4736 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4737 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4738
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004739 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004740 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4741 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4742
4743 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004744 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4745 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004746
4747 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004748 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004749
4750 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4751 huge page filesystem mount.
4752
4753 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4754 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4755 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4756 region.
4757
4758 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4759 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4760
4761 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4762 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4763 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4764 source tree for additional details.
4765
4766 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4767 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4768 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4769 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4770 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4771 using SIGKILL.
4772
4773 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4774 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4775 the pages for memory deduplication.
4776
4777 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4778 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4779
4780 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4781
4782 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4783 NUMA host nodes.
4784
4785 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4786 following values:
4787
4788 ``default``
4789 default host policy
4790
4791 ``preferred``
4792 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4793
4794 ``bind``
4795 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4796
4797 ``interleave``
4798 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4799 list
4800
4801 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4802 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4803 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4804 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4805 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4806 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4807 option.
4808
4809 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4810 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4811 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4812 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4813 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4814 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4815 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4816 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4817 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4818 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4819 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4820 option.
4821
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004822 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4823 read-only or read-write (default).
4824
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004825 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4826 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4827 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4828 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4829 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4830 options.
4831
4832 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4833 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4834 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4835 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4836 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4837
4838 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4839 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4840
4841 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4842 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4843 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4844 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4845 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4846 system).
4847
4848 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4849 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4850 4.16).
4851
4852 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4853 other options.
4854
4855 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4856
4857 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4858 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4859 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4860 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4861 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4862 uses this RNG backend.
4863
4864 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4865 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4866 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4867 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4868 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4869 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4870 ``/dev/urandom``.
4871
4872 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4873 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4874 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4875 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4876 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4877 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4878 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4879
4880 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4881 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4882 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4883 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4884 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4885 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4886 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4887 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4888 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4889 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4890
4891 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4892 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4893 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4894 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4895 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4896 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4897 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4898 upfront and saved.
4899
4900 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4901 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4902 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4903 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4904 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4905 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4906 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4907 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4908 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
4909
4910 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
4911 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
4912 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
4913 program.
4914
4915 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
4916 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
4917 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
4918 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4919 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4920 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
4921 front and saved.
4922
4923 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
4924 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4925 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4926 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4927 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4928 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4929 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4930 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4931 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
4932 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
4933 with valid client certificates too.
4934
4935 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4936 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4937 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4938 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4939 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4940 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4941 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4942 upfront and saved.
4943
4944 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
4945 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
4946 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
4947 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
4948 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
4949 and client-key.pem (only clients).
4950
4951 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
4952 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4953 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
4954 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
4955 password for decryption.
4956
4957 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
4958 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4959 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4960 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4961 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4962 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4963 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4964 string as described at
4965 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4966
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02004967 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
4968 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
4969 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
4970 to use.
4971
4972 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
4973 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
4974 host.
4975
4976 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
4977 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4978 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4979 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4980 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4981 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4982 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4983 string as described at
4984 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4985
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004986 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
4987 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
4988 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
4989 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
4990 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
4991 guest-side TLS.
4992
4993 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
4994 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
4995 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
4996 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
4997
4998 .. parsed-literal::
4999
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005000 # |qemu_system| \\
5001 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005002 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5003
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005004 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5005 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5006 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5007 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5008 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5009 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5010 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5011
5012 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5013 netfilter.
5014
5015 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5016 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5017
5018 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5019 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5020
5021 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5022 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5023
5024 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5025 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5026 to any netfilter.
5027
5028 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5029 before any existing filters.
5030
5031 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5032 behind any existing filters (default).
5033
5034 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5035 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5036
5037 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5038 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5039 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5040
5041 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5042
5043 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5044
5045 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5046 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5047 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5048 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5049
5050 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5051 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5052 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5053 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5054 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5055 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5056 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5057 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5058
5059 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5060 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5061 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5062 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5063 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5064 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5065
5066 usage: colo secondary: -object
5067 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5068 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5069 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5070
5071 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5072 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5073 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5074 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5075 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5076
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005077 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005078 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5079 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5080 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5081 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5082 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5083 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5084 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5085 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5086 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5087 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5088 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5089 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5090 size depend on user environment.
5091 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005092 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005093
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005094 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5095 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005096
5097 ::
5098
5099 KVM COLO
5100
5101 primary:
5102 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5103 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005104 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5105 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5106 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005107 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005108 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005109 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5110 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5111 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5112 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5113 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5114 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5115
5116 secondary:
5117 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5118 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5119 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5120 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5121 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5122 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5123
5124
5125 Xen COLO
5126
5127 primary:
5128 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5129 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005130 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5131 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5132 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005133 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005134 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005135 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005136 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005137 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5138 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5139 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5140 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5141 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5142
5143 secondary:
5144 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5145 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5146 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5147 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5148 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5149 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5150
5151 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5152 read the colo-compare git log.
5153
5154 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
5155 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
5156 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
5157 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5158 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5159 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5160 of queues is 1.
5161
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005162 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005163
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005164 # |qemu_system| \\
5165 [...] \\
5166 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5167 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005168 [...]
5169
5170 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5171 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5172 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5173 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5174 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5175 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5176 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5177 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5178 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5179 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5180
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005181 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005182
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005183 # |qemu_system| \\
5184 [...] \\
5185 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5186 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5187 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005188 [...]
5189
5190 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005191 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005192 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5193 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5194 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5195 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5196 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5197 sensitive data is encrypted.
5198
5199 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5200 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5201 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5202 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5203 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5204 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5205 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5206
5207 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5208 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5209 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5210 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5211 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5212 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5213 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5214 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5215 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5216
5217 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5218
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005219 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005220
5221 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5222
5223 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5224
5225 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5226 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5227
5228 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5229 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5230 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5231 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5232 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5233
5234 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5235
5236 ::
5237
5238 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5239 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5240
5241 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5242 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5243 secret
5244
5245 ::
5246
5247 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5248 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5249
5250 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5251 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5252 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5253
5254 ::
5255
5256 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5257 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5258
5259 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5260 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5261 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5262
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005263 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005264
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005265 # |qemu_system| \\
5266 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5267 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005268 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5269
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005270 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005271 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5272 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5273 on AMD processors.
5274
5275 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5276 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5277 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5278 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5279 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5280
5281 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5282 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5283 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5284 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5285 the value should be 5.
5286
5287 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5288 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5289 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5290 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5291 CCP driver.
5292
5293 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5294 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5295 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5296 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5297 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5298 guest. The default is 0.
5299
5300 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5301 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5302 from which to share the key.
5303
5304 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5305 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5306 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5307 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5308 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5309
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005310 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5311 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5312 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5313
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005314 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5315
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005316 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005317
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005318 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5319 ...... \\
5320 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5321 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005322 .....
5323
5324 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5325 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5326 network services.
5327
5328 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5329 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5330 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5331 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5332 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5333
5334 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5335 name would look like:
5336
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005337 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005338
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005339 # |qemu_system| \\
5340 ... \\
5341 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005342 ...
5343
5344 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5345 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5346
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005347 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005348 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5349 network services.
5350
5351 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5352 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5353
5354 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5355 look like:
5356
5357 ::
5358
5359 {
5360 "rules": [
5361 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5362 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5363 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5364 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5365 ],
5366 "policy": "deny"
5367 }
5368
5369 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5370 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5371 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5372 ``policy`` value is returned.
5373
5374 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5375 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5376 used.
5377
5378 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5379 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5380
5381 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5382 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5383 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5384
5385 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5386 would look like:
5387
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005388 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005389
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005390 # |qemu_system| \\
5391 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005392 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005393 ...
5394
5395 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5396 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5397 network services.
5398
5399 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5400 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5401 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5402 the ``account`` subsystem.
5403
5404 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5405 distinguished name would look like:
5406
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005407 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005408
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005409 # |qemu_system| \\
5410 ... \\
5411 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005412 ...
5413
5414 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5415 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5416
5417 ::
5418
5419 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5420 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5421
5422 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5423 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5424
5425 ::
5426
5427 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5428
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005429 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005430 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5431 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5432 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5433 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5434 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5435
5436 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5437 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5438 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5439 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5440
5441 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5442 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5443 pinning/affinity.
5444
5445 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5446 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5447 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5448 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5449 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5450 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5451 workload and/or host device latency.
5452
5453 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5454 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5455 setting this value to 0.
5456
5457 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5458 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5459 due to not polling long enough.
5460
5461 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5462 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5463 long polling without encountering events.
5464
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005465 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5466 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5467 its default.
5468
5469 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005470 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5471 ``id``):
5472
5473 ::
5474
5475 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5476ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005477
5478
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005479HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005480
5481#undef DEF
5482#undef DEFHEADING
5483#undef ARCHHEADING